1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
986 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
987 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
988 *error_message
= buf
;
990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
993 /* Sections created by the linker. */
995 typedef struct elf_linker_section
997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 /* Associated bss section name. */
1002 const char *bss_name
;
1003 /* Associated symbol name. */
1004 const char *sym_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol. */
1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1007 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1011 based on different addend's. */
1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 /* which linker section this is */
1022 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1035 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1062 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1064 unsigned char *contents
;
1066 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1070 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1071 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1074 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1079 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1080 if (s
!= NULL
&& bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1082 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1085 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1087 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1090 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1091 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1093 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1097 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1098 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1099 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1103 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1104 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1105 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1106 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1110 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1121 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1123 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1125 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1126 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1128 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1135 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1136 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1139 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1141 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1144 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1146 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1148 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1150 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1151 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1152 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1155 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1158 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1161 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1163 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1164 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1166 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1167 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1171 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1174 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1179 switch (note
->descsz
)
1184 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1189 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1198 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1199 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1200 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1204 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1206 switch (note
->descsz
)
1211 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1212 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1213 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1215 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1220 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1221 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1222 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1225 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1226 int n
= strlen (command
);
1228 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1229 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1236 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1245 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1248 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1249 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1250 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1251 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1253 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1254 -Wstringop-truncation:
1255 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1259 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1260 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1264 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1265 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1276 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1277 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1278 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1279 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1280 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1281 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1282 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1283 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1284 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1287 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1293 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1296 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1303 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1306 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1307 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 return rel
->address
;
1313 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1314 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1318 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1326 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1329 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1330 flags
= bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
);
1331 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1332 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1334 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1335 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1337 bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
);
1341 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1344 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1345 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1348 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1349 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1354 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1355 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1358 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1359 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1364 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1365 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1369 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1375 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1378 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1379 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1381 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1383 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1384 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1385 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1386 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1387 We maintain the original output section order. */
1389 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1391 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1394 unsigned int p_flags
;
1396 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1399 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1401 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1403 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1406 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1407 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1412 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1414 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1416 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1418 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1421 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1422 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1426 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1428 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1429 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1430 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1431 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1432 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1434 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1435 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1440 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1441 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1442 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1444 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1445 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1446 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1450 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1451 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1452 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1453 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1455 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1463 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1464 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1465 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1468 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1470 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1471 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1479 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1482 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1483 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1486 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1487 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1489 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1491 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1492 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1495 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1499 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1500 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1504 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1507 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1508 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1510 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1511 unsigned long value
;
1515 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1516 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1519 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1522 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1526 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1528 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1530 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1532 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1534 entry
= entry
->next
;
1537 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1541 entry
->value
= value
;
1547 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1549 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1550 unsigned long count
;
1552 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1554 entry
= entry
->next
)
1560 static inline unsigned long
1561 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1563 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1567 entry
= entry
->next
)
1570 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1574 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1576 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1578 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1580 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1588 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1589 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1592 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1596 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1597 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1599 unsigned long length
;
1600 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1602 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1605 apuinfo_list_init ();
1607 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1608 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1610 unsigned long datum
;
1612 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1616 /* xgettext:c-format */
1617 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1618 length
= asec
->size
;
1623 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1627 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1628 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1633 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1634 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1636 /* xgettext:c-format */
1637 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1641 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1642 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1643 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1644 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1645 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1648 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1652 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1655 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1656 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1657 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1660 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1661 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1662 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1665 error_message
= NULL
;
1669 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1670 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1672 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1673 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1675 if (asec
&& ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1678 /* xgettext:c-format */
1679 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1688 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1691 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1692 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1695 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1696 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1698 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1700 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1703 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1706 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1711 unsigned num_entries
;
1712 bfd_size_type length
;
1714 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1721 length
= asec
->size
;
1725 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1729 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1733 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1734 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1735 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1736 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1738 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1741 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1747 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1748 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1750 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1751 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1755 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1759 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1761 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1763 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1766 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1767 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1768 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1769 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1773 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1775 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1776 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1777 && section
->vma
<= vma
1778 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1782 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1783 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1786 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1787 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1788 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1789 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1793 long count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1800 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1803 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1806 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1810 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1814 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1815 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1816 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1817 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1819 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1820 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1821 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1822 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1824 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1826 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1831 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1832 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1835 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1836 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1838 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1839 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1841 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1844 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1846 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1847 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1849 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1850 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1851 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1858 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1861 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1862 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1868 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1869 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1870 glink stubs now reside. */
1871 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1875 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1876 from the first glink stub. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1878 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1880 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1882 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1884 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1885 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1887 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1888 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1890 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1891 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1893 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1895 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1900 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1901 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1902 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1903 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1904 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1905 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1906 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1907 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1908 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1909 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1911 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1914 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1915 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1918 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1919 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1920 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1922 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1924 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1927 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1930 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1932 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1936 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1937 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1938 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1939 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1943 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1944 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1946 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1947 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1948 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1949 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1950 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1951 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1953 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1956 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1957 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1961 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1962 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1963 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1964 names
+= strlen (names
);
1966 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1967 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1972 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1973 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1975 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1977 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1979 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1980 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1986 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1987 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1989 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1991 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1993 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
1994 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2002 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2003 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2004 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2005 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2006 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2009 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2010 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2013 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2015 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2016 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2017 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2018 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2019 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2022 /* The .got2 section. */
2025 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2028 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2032 /* .glink stub offset. */
2033 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2036 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2037 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2038 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2041 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2042 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2047 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2048 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2049 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2050 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2055 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2056 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2062 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2063 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2064 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2065 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2066 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2067 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2071 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2072 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2073 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2075 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2077 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2080 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2082 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2085 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2086 unsigned int count
: 31;
2088 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2089 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2092 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2096 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2098 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2099 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2100 from the beginning of the section. */
2101 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2103 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2104 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2106 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2107 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2108 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2109 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2110 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2111 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2112 set TLS_TPRELGD when a GD reloc turns into a TPREL one. We use a
2113 separate flag rather than setting TPREL just for convenience in
2114 distinguishing the two cases.
2115 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2116 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2117 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2118 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2119 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2120 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2121 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2122 #define TLS_TPRELGD 64 /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2123 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2125 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2126 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2127 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2128 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2129 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2131 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2133 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2135 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2136 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2137 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2140 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2142 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2144 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2146 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2148 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2149 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2151 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2155 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2157 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2159 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2161 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2164 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2165 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2167 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2170 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2172 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2176 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2177 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2179 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2180 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2181 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2182 unsigned int got_gap
;
2184 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2185 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2187 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2188 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2190 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2191 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2192 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2193 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2195 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2196 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2198 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2199 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2201 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2203 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2205 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2206 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2208 /* Small local sym cache. */
2209 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2212 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2213 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2215 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2216 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2218 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */
2219 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2221 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2222 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2224 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2226 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2227 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2228 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2230 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2232 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2233 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2234 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2237 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2241 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2242 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2247 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2248 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2251 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2252 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2253 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2254 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2260 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2262 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2263 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2265 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2266 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2267 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2269 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2273 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2275 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2282 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2283 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2284 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2285 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2287 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2289 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2290 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2291 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2293 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2294 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2295 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2297 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2298 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2299 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2301 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2304 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2307 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2312 htab
->params
= params
;
2313 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2316 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2319 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2321 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2323 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2326 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2327 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2329 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2331 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2332 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2333 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2340 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2341 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2342 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2345 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2346 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2348 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2352 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2353 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2355 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2360 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2361 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2363 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2364 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2366 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2371 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2373 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2378 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2379 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2380 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2382 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2383 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2384 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2386 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, p2align
))
2389 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2391 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2392 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2393 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2394 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2396 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2400 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2401 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2407 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2408 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2410 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2412 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2415 /* Local plt entries. */
2416 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2417 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2418 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2420 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2421 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2424 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2426 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2427 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2429 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2430 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2431 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2435 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2439 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2446 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2447 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2448 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2451 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2453 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2457 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2459 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2460 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2463 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2466 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2470 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2471 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2476 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2478 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2479 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2480 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2483 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
2487 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2488 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2492 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2493 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2494 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2495 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2496 return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
);
2499 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2502 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2506 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2508 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2509 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2511 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2512 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2514 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2515 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2516 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2517 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2518 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2519 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2520 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2522 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2523 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2526 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2528 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2530 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2531 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2533 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2534 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2535 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2539 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2540 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2542 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2543 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2550 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2553 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2554 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2557 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2558 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2559 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2560 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2562 /* And plt entries. */
2563 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2565 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2567 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2568 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2570 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2572 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2574 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2575 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2577 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2584 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2587 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2588 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2591 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2593 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2594 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2595 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2596 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2597 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2598 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2599 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2603 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2604 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2607 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2608 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2609 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2610 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2611 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2615 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2616 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2617 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2618 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2620 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2622 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2624 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2625 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2627 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2629 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2630 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2632 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2635 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2640 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2646 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2648 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2649 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2650 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2652 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2654 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2655 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2656 return linker_pointers
;
2661 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2664 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2665 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2667 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2669 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2670 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2671 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2674 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2676 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2679 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2681 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2682 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2683 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2688 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2692 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2694 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2695 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2697 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2700 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2703 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2704 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2709 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2712 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2713 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2718 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2721 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2722 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2723 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2724 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2725 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2727 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2730 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2731 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2732 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2733 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2735 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
->owner
, lsect
->section
, 2))
2737 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2738 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2742 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2743 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2744 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2750 static struct plt_entry
**
2751 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2752 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2753 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2756 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2757 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2758 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2760 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2762 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2764 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2765 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2766 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2767 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2768 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2770 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2773 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2774 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2775 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2776 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2777 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2778 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2782 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2783 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2785 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2789 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2790 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2794 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2795 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2800 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2801 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2804 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2808 static struct plt_entry
*
2809 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2811 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2815 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2816 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2822 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2824 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2825 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2826 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2827 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2828 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2829 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2837 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2840 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2842 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2849 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2852 /* xgettext:c-format */
2853 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2855 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2856 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2859 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2860 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2864 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2865 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2867 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2869 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2873 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2874 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2877 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2880 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2881 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2882 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2883 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2884 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2885 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2886 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2890 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2894 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2896 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2897 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2898 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2900 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2901 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2903 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2904 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2905 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2908 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2909 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2910 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2911 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2912 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2915 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2916 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2918 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2919 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2922 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2923 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2926 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2927 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2931 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2932 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2933 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2934 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2937 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2938 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2941 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2942 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2944 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2945 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2946 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2948 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2952 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2954 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2956 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2961 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2963 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2964 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2965 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2969 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2970 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2972 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2973 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2974 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2975 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2976 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2979 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2980 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2981 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2982 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2984 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2985 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2986 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2987 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2993 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
2994 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2999 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3000 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3001 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3005 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3006 sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
= 1;
3013 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3014 its parameter symbol. */
3016 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3018 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3019 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3027 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3030 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3037 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3044 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3045 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3046 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3053 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3055 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3058 /* GOT16 relocations */
3060 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3063 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3064 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3066 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3067 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3068 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3073 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3074 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3077 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3078 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3081 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3083 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3085 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3090 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3091 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3092 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3094 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3097 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3098 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3103 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3104 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3108 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3109 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3110 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3112 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3115 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3116 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3121 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3122 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3126 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3127 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3130 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3131 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3138 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3139 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3155 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3156 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3158 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3161 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3164 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3165 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3169 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3170 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3173 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3175 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3180 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3181 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3190 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
3192 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3196 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3206 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3216 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3222 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3228 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3231 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3235 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3239 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3296 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3298 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3299 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3301 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3329 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3330 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3334 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3335 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3341 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3342 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3343 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3345 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3346 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3347 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3348 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3349 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3354 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3359 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3362 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3363 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3366 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3377 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3379 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3380 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3381 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3384 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3386 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3387 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3389 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3400 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3402 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3404 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3405 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3415 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3417 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3418 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3420 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3426 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3427 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3428 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3429 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3430 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3431 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3432 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3433 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3434 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3435 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3436 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3437 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3438 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3439 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3440 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3443 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3444 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3445 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3447 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3448 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3450 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3451 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3452 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3453 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3454 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3456 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3457 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3461 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3462 "create relocation for %s\n",
3463 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3464 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3468 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3469 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3471 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3472 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3478 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3479 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3482 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3483 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3485 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3487 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3489 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3492 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3499 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3504 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3505 We really need local syms available to do this
3507 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3508 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3509 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3512 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3514 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3519 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3523 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3524 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3525 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3527 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3529 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3531 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3534 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3537 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3551 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3552 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3554 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3556 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3557 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3558 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3559 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3561 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3562 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3564 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3565 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3567 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3569 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3570 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3571 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3575 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3577 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3578 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3581 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3584 /* xgettext:c-format */
3585 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3589 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3592 /* xgettext:c-format */
3593 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3597 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3600 /* xgettext:c-format */
3601 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3602 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3605 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3608 /* xgettext:c-format */
3609 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3610 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3614 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3615 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3618 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3620 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3621 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3624 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3632 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3648 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3660 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3672 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3673 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3679 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3680 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3681 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3686 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3690 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3691 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3696 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3698 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3699 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3707 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3709 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3711 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3712 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3715 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3721 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3724 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3730 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3738 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3741 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3742 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3745 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3747 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3749 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3750 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3753 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3759 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3762 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3768 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3788 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3803 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3804 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3805 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3807 /* First call, no flags set. */
3808 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3809 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3812 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3813 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3816 /* Incompatible flags. */
3819 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3820 to be linked with either. */
3822 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3823 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3827 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3828 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3830 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3831 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3835 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3836 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3839 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3840 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3841 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3843 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3844 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3845 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3846 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3847 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3848 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3850 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3851 any module uses it. */
3852 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3854 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3855 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3858 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3862 /* xgettext:c-format */
3863 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3864 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3865 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3870 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3879 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3880 asection
*input_section
,
3881 unsigned long offset
,
3884 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3887 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3889 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3890 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3891 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3892 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3893 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3894 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3897 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3900 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3903 /* xgettext:c-format */
3904 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3905 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3908 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3909 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3910 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3911 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3916 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3919 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3922 /* xgettext:c-format */
3923 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3924 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3927 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3929 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3930 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3931 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3933 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3934 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3935 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3940 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3941 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3943 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3944 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3948 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3952 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3953 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3954 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3955 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3956 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3957 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3958 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3959 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3964 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3965 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3967 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3970 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3973 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3975 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3977 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3979 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3980 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3981 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3982 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3983 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3984 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3985 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3988 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3989 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3991 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3992 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3993 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3994 r30 to be set up. */
3995 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4000 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4002 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4003 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4004 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4005 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4006 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4008 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4009 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4011 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4013 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4016 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4020 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4023 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4025 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4026 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4031 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4033 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4035 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4036 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4038 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4039 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4040 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4043 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4044 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4045 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4050 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4051 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4052 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
, 0))
4055 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4058 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4062 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4063 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4064 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4065 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4066 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4069 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4071 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4072 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4076 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4080 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4081 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4083 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4085 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4088 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4090 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4092 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4095 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4096 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4097 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4098 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4106 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4108 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4109 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4110 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4111 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4115 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4116 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4120 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4121 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4123 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4125 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4127 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4128 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4129 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4130 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4132 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4134 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4142 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4143 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4145 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4147 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4148 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4151 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4152 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4154 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4155 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4156 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4157 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4158 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4160 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4166 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4167 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4170 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4172 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4175 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4177 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4181 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4182 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4183 between the call and its destination. */
4187 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4188 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4190 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4192 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4193 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4196 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4197 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4199 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4201 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4205 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4206 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4207 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4208 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4209 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4210 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4211 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4212 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4213 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4214 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4215 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4216 together except their symbol. */
4218 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4220 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4221 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4223 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4227 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4229 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4230 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4231 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4233 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4235 /* Read the relocations. */
4236 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4238 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4241 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4242 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4244 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4245 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4247 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4248 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4249 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4251 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4252 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4255 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4256 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4259 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4261 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4262 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4267 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4271 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4274 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4275 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4276 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4277 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4278 + sec
->output_offset
4279 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4281 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4284 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4288 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4289 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4291 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4294 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4301 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4302 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4307 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4309 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4310 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4311 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4312 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4313 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4315 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4318 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4319 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4321 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4322 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4324 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4325 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4326 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4327 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4328 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4329 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4331 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4333 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4334 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4336 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4337 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4338 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4342 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4343 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4344 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4346 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4348 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4350 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4352 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4355 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4360 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4362 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4363 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4364 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4366 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4367 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4370 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4373 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4377 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4379 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4382 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4383 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4385 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4390 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4391 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4392 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4393 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4400 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4404 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4409 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4412 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4415 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4419 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4420 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4421 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4422 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4423 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4424 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4425 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4426 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4428 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4429 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4431 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4432 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4434 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4435 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4437 /* Read the relocations. */
4438 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4440 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4443 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4444 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4446 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4447 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4449 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4450 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4451 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4452 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4454 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4455 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4459 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4460 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4461 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4462 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4463 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4471 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4479 && sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4481 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4485 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4526 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPRELGD
;
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4538 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4546 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4547 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4550 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4552 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4553 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4554 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4558 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4559 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4560 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4561 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4562 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4565 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4568 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4569 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4570 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4573 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4574 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4580 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4591 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4592 || !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
)
4595 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4596 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4597 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4600 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4601 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4602 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4603 the entire optimization. */
4604 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4605 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4606 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4607 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4614 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4615 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4619 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4620 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4621 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4623 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4624 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4626 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4627 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4628 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4629 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4630 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4631 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4634 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4635 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4636 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4637 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4638 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4639 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4640 Disable optimization in this case. */
4641 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4642 && !sec
->has_tls_get_addr_call
4643 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4644 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4647 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
)
4649 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4652 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4653 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4654 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4655 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4656 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4658 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4659 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4661 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
4667 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4672 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4673 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4676 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4680 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4684 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4687 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4689 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4691 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4693 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4695 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4701 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4702 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4703 size_dynamic_sections. */
4706 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4711 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4713 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4714 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4719 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4722 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4724 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4726 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4727 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4732 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4733 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4734 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4735 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4739 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4747 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4750 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4751 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4754 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4758 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4760 /* Deal with function syms. */
4761 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4762 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4765 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4766 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4767 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4768 function symbol is local. */
4769 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4770 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4772 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4773 won't need a .plt entry. */
4774 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4775 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4776 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4779 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4781 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4782 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4783 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4785 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4787 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4788 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4789 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4791 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4793 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4794 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4795 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4797 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4801 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4802 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4803 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4804 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4805 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4806 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4807 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4808 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4810 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4812 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4813 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4814 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4815 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4816 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4818 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4819 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4820 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4821 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4822 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4824 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4825 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4826 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4827 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4829 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4830 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4834 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4836 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4837 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4838 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4839 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4842 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4843 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4844 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4845 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4846 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4847 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4848 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4852 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4853 is not a function. */
4855 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4856 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4857 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4858 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4859 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4861 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4867 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4869 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4873 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4874 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4875 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4876 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4877 if (h
->protected_def
)
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4881 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4882 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4883 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4884 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4888 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4889 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4892 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4893 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4894 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4895 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4896 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4898 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4899 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4900 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4902 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4913 same memory location for the variable.
4915 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4916 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4919 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4920 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4922 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4923 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4925 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4929 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4930 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4931 and into the runtime process image. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4933 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4937 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4939 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4943 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4944 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4945 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4948 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4949 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4950 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4951 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4952 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4955 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4960 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4965 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4966 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4968 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4970 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4971 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4974 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4975 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4978 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4980 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4981 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4982 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4983 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4986 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4988 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4989 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4990 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4991 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4992 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4993 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4994 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4996 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5001 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5002 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5005 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5008 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5010 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5012 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5017 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5018 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5020 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5021 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5025 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5026 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5028 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5029 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5031 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5032 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5038 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5039 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5041 static inline unsigned int
5042 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5045 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5050 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5052 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
5054 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5060 /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_MASK and
5061 NEEDed GOT entries. KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be calculated at
5064 static inline unsigned int
5065 got_relocs_needed (int tls_mask
, unsigned int need
, bfd_boolean known
)
5067 /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
5068 Except IE in executable with a local symbol. We could also omit
5069 the DTPREL reloc on the second word of a GD entry under the same
5070 condition as that for IE, but ld.so needs to differentiate
5071 LD and GD entries. */
5072 if (known
&& (tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5073 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
5075 return need
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5078 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5081 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5082 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5084 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5086 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5087 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5088 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5089 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5092 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5093 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5097 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5100 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5102 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5103 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5104 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5105 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5108 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5111 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5112 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5113 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5114 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5115 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5116 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5117 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5118 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5119 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5123 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5124 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5128 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5130 if (!eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5131 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5132 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5133 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5134 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5138 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5140 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5143 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5144 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5145 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5146 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5147 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5148 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5151 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
5152 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
5155 need
= got_relocs_needed (eh
->tls_mask
, need
, tprel_known
);
5156 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
5157 && eh
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
5158 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5159 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5160 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5161 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5167 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5169 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5170 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5171 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5172 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5173 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5175 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5176 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5177 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5178 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5180 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5181 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5182 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5183 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5185 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5188 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5189 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5190 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5191 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5193 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5195 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5196 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5197 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5198 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5199 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5200 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5201 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5203 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5205 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5207 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5216 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5218 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5220 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5222 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5229 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5231 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5232 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5236 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5238 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5239 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5241 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5243 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5244 && !(h
->protected_def
5245 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5246 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5247 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5249 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5250 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5253 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5254 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5257 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5260 /* Allocate space. */
5261 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5263 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5264 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5265 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5266 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5269 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5270 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5273 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5274 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5275 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5277 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5278 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5281 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5282 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5283 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5284 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5286 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5287 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5288 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5290 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5291 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5293 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5297 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5303 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5307 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5310 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5312 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5313 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5317 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5319 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5320 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5323 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5327 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5328 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5330 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5332 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5333 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5341 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5342 for the special first entry. */
5344 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5346 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5347 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5348 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5349 word available at the end. */
5350 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5351 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5353 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5354 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5356 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5357 file, and we are not generating a shared
5358 library, then set the symbol to this location
5359 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5360 relocations, and is required to make
5361 function pointers compare as equal between
5362 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5363 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5367 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5368 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5371 /* Make room for this entry. */
5372 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5373 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5375 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5376 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5377 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5378 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5379 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5381 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5384 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5389 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5391 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5392 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5394 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5396 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5397 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5402 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5404 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5406 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5407 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5408 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5411 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5413 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5414 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5415 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5418 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5419 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5420 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5423 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5425 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5432 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5436 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5442 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5449 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5450 read-only sections. */
5453 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5457 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5460 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5463 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5465 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5466 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5467 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5468 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5470 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5476 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5478 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5479 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5480 1, /* CIE version. */
5481 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5482 4, /* Code alignment. */
5483 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5485 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5486 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5487 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5490 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5493 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5494 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5496 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5502 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5505 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5506 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5508 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5510 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5511 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5513 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5514 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5515 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5516 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5520 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5521 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5522 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5523 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5525 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5527 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5529 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5530 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5531 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5532 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5534 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5537 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5540 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5542 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5544 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5545 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5549 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5550 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5552 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5553 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5554 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5557 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5558 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5561 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5562 handled specially by the loader. */
5564 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5566 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5568 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5569 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5570 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5571 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5572 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5574 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5575 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5576 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5582 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5586 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5587 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5588 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5589 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5590 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5591 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5593 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5597 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5598 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5599 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5601 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5604 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5605 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5608 bfd_boolean tprel_known
= bfd_link_executable (info
);
5610 need
= got_relocs_needed (*lgot_masks
, need
, tprel_known
);
5611 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5612 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5613 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5619 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5621 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5624 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5625 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5626 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5628 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5629 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5630 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5632 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5633 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5635 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5637 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5638 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5640 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5648 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5651 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5653 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5656 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5657 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5659 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5663 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5665 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5666 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5668 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5670 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5671 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5677 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5681 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5682 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5684 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5686 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5687 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5688 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5691 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5693 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5695 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5697 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5698 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5699 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5700 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5701 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5703 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5704 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5706 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5709 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5711 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5713 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5715 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5716 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5718 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5722 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5723 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5724 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5725 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5726 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5729 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5730 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5731 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5733 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5734 /* Space for the branch table. */
5736 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5737 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5738 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5740 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5742 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5745 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5746 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5749 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5751 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5752 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5753 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5754 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5755 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5756 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5757 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5759 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5761 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5762 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5765 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5767 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5768 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5769 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5770 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5771 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5772 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5773 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5775 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5780 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5781 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5782 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5783 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5784 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5786 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5787 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5788 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5791 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5796 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5797 Allocate memory for them. */
5799 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5801 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5803 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5806 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5807 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5809 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5810 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5811 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5812 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5813 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5814 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5817 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5818 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5820 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5821 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5823 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5824 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5825 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5827 /* Strip these too. */
5829 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5830 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5832 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5834 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
),
5839 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5842 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5843 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5849 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5853 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5855 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5856 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5857 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5858 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5859 before the linker maps input sections to output
5860 sections. The linker does that before
5861 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5862 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5863 into these sections. */
5864 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5868 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5871 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5872 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5873 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5877 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5879 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5880 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5881 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5882 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5883 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5884 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5885 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5887 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5889 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5893 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5895 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5896 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5897 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5898 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5902 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5903 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5904 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5906 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5908 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5909 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5910 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5911 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5917 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5918 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5919 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5923 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5924 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5925 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5926 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5929 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5931 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5934 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5935 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5938 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5940 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5941 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5943 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5946 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5947 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5948 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5949 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5951 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5952 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5955 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5956 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5958 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5961 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5966 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5967 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5969 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5971 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5974 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5977 else if (adv
< 65536)
5979 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5980 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5985 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5986 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5989 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5992 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5993 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5996 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5997 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
6003 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
6004 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
6007 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
6009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
6011 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
6015 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
6016 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6018 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6019 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6021 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6022 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6023 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6024 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6031 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6033 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6037 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6038 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6043 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6046 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6048 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6050 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6051 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6054 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6057 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6059 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6060 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6061 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6063 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6064 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6065 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6066 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6067 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6068 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6069 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6070 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6073 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6075 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6076 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6077 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6078 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6081 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6083 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6084 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6087 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6088 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6089 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6090 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6093 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6095 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6098 struct one_branch_fixup
6100 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6102 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6103 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6109 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6110 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6111 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6112 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6113 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6114 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6115 unsigned changes
= 0;
6116 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6117 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6118 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6120 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6124 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6125 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6126 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6127 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6131 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6132 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6134 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6137 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6141 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6142 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6143 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6144 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6146 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6147 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6148 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6150 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6151 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6153 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6155 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6156 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6157 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6160 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6161 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6164 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6165 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6166 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6167 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6168 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6171 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6173 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6174 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6176 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6177 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6179 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6180 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6181 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6185 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6187 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6188 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6190 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6193 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6194 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6195 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6198 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6199 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6200 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6201 unsigned char sym_type
;
6206 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6207 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6209 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6213 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6214 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6215 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6218 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6219 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6227 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6228 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6229 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6236 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6237 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6241 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6242 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6247 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6248 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6249 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6253 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6254 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6255 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6260 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6261 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6262 branch stub in that case. */
6263 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6264 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6265 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6267 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6268 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6269 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6271 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6272 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6273 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6274 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6275 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6277 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6279 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6281 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6282 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6283 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6284 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6285 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6290 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6291 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6293 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6294 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6295 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6298 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6301 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6303 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6304 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6305 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6306 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6308 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6309 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6310 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6311 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6318 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6323 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6324 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6325 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6329 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6330 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6331 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6332 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6336 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6337 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6338 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6339 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6341 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6342 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6344 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6345 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6346 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6347 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6352 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6354 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6355 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6356 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6359 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6361 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6362 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6365 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6369 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6370 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6375 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6376 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6381 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6382 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6383 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6384 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6385 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6386 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6387 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6388 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6389 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6392 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6393 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6394 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6395 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6396 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6397 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6399 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6400 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6401 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6402 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6403 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6405 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6406 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6407 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6408 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6409 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6410 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6411 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6412 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6413 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6414 location of interest is just "sym". */
6415 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6416 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6417 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6420 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6421 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6424 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6425 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6426 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6428 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6429 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6430 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6432 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6433 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6434 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6435 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6436 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6437 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6440 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6442 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6443 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6444 fixup can be created at final link.
6445 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6446 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6447 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6448 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6449 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6452 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6453 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6454 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6455 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6456 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6457 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6459 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6461 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6462 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6463 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6464 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6468 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6469 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6470 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6476 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6478 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6479 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6480 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6481 one. We'll report an error later. */
6484 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6486 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6491 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6494 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6495 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6496 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6498 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6499 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6500 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6503 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6504 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6505 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6507 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6508 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6509 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6512 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6513 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6514 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6517 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6525 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6526 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6529 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6530 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6533 /* Get the section contents. */
6534 if (contents
== NULL
)
6536 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6537 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6538 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6539 /* Go get them off disk. */
6540 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6544 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6545 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6549 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6550 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6551 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6553 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6554 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6558 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6559 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6560 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6563 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6568 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6570 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6571 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6576 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6578 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6579 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6580 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6582 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6583 unsigned int crossings
;
6584 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6586 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6587 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6589 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6592 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6593 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6594 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6595 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6596 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6597 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6599 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6600 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6602 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6603 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6605 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6608 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6610 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6611 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6612 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6613 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6616 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6617 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6620 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6622 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6626 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6627 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6631 if (contents
!= NULL
6632 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6634 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6638 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6639 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6643 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6646 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6647 information for the trampolines. */
6648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6649 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6650 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6655 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6656 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6657 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6659 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6661 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6663 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6664 free (internal_relocs
);
6665 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6666 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6667 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6668 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6670 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6671 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6672 free (internal_relocs
);
6674 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6678 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6680 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6681 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6684 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6686 if (contents
!= NULL
6687 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6689 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6690 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6691 free (internal_relocs
);
6695 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6696 discarded sections. */
6699 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6701 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6704 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6707 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6710 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6713 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6714 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6719 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6721 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6725 /* Handle global symbol. */
6726 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6728 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6729 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6730 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6734 /* Handle local symbol. */
6735 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6737 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6738 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6739 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6742 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6745 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6747 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6748 as a "written" flag. */
6749 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6751 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6752 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6753 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6754 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6757 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6758 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6759 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6760 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6764 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6765 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6771 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6772 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6773 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6776 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6777 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6778 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6780 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6781 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6783 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6786 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6787 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6807 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6808 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6809 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6811 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6815 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6817 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6818 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6819 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6820 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6824 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6825 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6835 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6840 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6842 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6846 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6851 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6854 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6856 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6857 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6858 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6859 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6862 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6863 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6864 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6867 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6871 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6874 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6875 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6876 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6877 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6881 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6884 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6885 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6886 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6887 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6888 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6889 insn
= (32 | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6890 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6891 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6892 insn
= ((58 | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6893 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6895 insn
= (58 << 26) | 2;
6902 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6903 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6904 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6907 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6909 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6910 && ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6911 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6912 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6913 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6914 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6915 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6916 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6917 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6918 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6919 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6920 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6921 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6922 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6923 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6924 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6925 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6927 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6928 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6930 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6932 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6933 && ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6934 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6935 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6937 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6938 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6939 if ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6940 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6948 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6950 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6951 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6952 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6953 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6957 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6959 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6960 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6961 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6964 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6965 to handle the relocations for a section.
6967 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6968 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6971 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6972 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6973 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6976 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6977 address or the reloc symbol index.
6979 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6981 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6982 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6984 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6985 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6987 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6988 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6989 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6990 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6994 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6995 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6997 asection
*input_section
,
6999 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7000 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7001 asection
**local_sections
)
7003 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7004 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7005 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7006 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7007 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
7008 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7009 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
7011 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
7012 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
7013 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
7014 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
7015 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7016 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7019 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7020 "%ld relocations%s",
7021 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7022 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7023 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7026 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7032 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7034 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7035 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7036 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7038 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7039 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7040 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7041 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7042 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7043 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7044 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7045 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7047 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7048 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7049 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7050 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7051 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7053 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7055 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7056 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7059 const char *sym_name
;
7060 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7061 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7063 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7064 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7066 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7067 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7068 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7071 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7075 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7077 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7079 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7081 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7082 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7083 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7085 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7089 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7091 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7092 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7094 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7096 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7099 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7101 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7102 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7103 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7105 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7106 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7108 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7109 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7110 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7114 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7115 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7116 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7117 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7118 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7119 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7125 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7128 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7129 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7131 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7132 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7133 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7135 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7136 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7137 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7141 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7142 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7143 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7144 for the final instruction stream. */
7148 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7149 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7151 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7154 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7155 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7156 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7159 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7160 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7161 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7162 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7163 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7165 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7166 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7167 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7174 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7175 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7176 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7177 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7181 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7182 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7184 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7185 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7186 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7187 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7188 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7193 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7194 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7198 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7199 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7202 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7203 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7204 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7206 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7207 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7208 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7214 tls_gd
= TLS_TPRELGD
;
7215 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7221 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7224 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7225 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7226 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7229 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7230 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7231 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7233 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7237 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7238 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7239 tls_gd
= TLS_TPRELGD
;
7240 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7244 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7245 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7246 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7248 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7252 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7253 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7254 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7255 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7256 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7257 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7258 if (input_section
->has_tls_get_addr_call
7260 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7261 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7262 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7263 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7264 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7265 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7266 intervening code. */
7267 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7268 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7269 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7272 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7273 insn1
|= 32 << 26; /* lwz */
7274 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7276 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7277 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7278 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7280 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7281 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7282 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7287 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7288 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7291 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7293 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7295 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7297 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7298 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7299 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7300 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7301 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7302 + sec
->output_offset
7303 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7305 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7306 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7307 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7309 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7310 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7311 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7312 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7313 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7317 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7320 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7321 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7328 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7329 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7332 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7334 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7337 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7341 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPRELGD
) != 0)
7344 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7345 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7350 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7351 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7352 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7354 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7355 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7356 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7357 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7358 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7363 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7364 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7368 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7370 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7371 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7376 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7378 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7380 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7381 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7382 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7383 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7384 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7385 + sec
->output_offset
7386 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7388 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7389 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7390 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7391 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7392 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7393 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7394 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7395 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7401 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7408 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7410 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7411 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7414 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7416 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7420 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7421 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7424 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7425 + input_section
->output_offset
7426 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7428 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7429 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7430 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7432 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7436 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7440 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7441 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7442 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26
7443 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7445 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7447 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7448 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7449 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7450 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7453 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7454 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7455 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7456 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7457 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7462 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7466 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7467 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7468 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7470 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7471 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7474 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7476 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7477 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7478 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7479 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7485 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7486 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7487 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7489 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7490 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7491 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7492 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7493 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7496 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7497 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7498 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7499 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7500 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7501 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7502 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7504 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7507 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7509 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7510 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7511 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7514 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7515 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7517 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7518 output is reasonable. */
7519 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7521 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7522 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7523 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7525 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7527 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7531 /* xgettext:c-format */
7532 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7533 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7534 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7535 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7537 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7539 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7540 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7541 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7542 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7543 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7544 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7545 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7546 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7547 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7548 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7549 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7550 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7551 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7552 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7553 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7554 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7555 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7557 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7558 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7560 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7562 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7563 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7567 /* xgettext:c-format */
7568 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7569 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7570 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7571 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7576 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7578 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7582 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7583 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7585 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7586 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7588 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7590 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7591 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7592 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7597 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7598 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7599 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7600 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7601 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7604 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7605 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7606 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7607 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7608 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7609 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7610 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7614 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7616 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7617 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7619 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7621 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7622 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7623 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7624 apparently are using code compiled with
7625 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7626 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7627 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7628 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7630 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7631 /* xgettext:c-format */
7632 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7633 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7636 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7637 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7638 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7640 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7641 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7642 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7643 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7645 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7646 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7651 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7652 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7654 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7655 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7662 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7663 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7665 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7666 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7667 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7668 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7669 /* xgettext:c-format */
7670 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7671 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7672 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7674 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7678 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7679 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7681 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7682 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7683 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7685 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7694 /* xgettext:c-format */
7695 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7696 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7706 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7707 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7708 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7711 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7712 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7713 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7714 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7719 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7726 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7729 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7730 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7731 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7732 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7733 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7736 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7737 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7738 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7739 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7740 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7744 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7745 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7746 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7750 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7756 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7760 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7762 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7763 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7766 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7768 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7769 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7770 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7771 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7772 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7773 because of a version file. */
7778 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7780 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7784 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7786 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7789 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7790 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7791 processed this entry. */
7797 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7798 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7799 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)
7802 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7808 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7809 Initialize them all. */
7814 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7816 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7819 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7821 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7824 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7826 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7827 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7829 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_TPRELGD
)) != 0)
7831 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7835 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7837 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7839 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)
7840 || offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7841 && !(tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
)
7842 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7843 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7845 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7850 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7852 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7853 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7854 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7856 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7857 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7859 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7860 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7862 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7863 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7865 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7866 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7867 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7868 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7870 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7872 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7875 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7876 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7877 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7878 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7880 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7881 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7882 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7884 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7885 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7887 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7888 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7890 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7891 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7893 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7896 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7897 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7898 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7899 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7902 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7903 emitting a reloc. */
7906 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7910 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7914 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7917 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7918 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7919 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7922 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7924 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7925 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7929 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7930 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7934 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7943 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7946 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7948 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7950 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7952 || !h
->def_dynamic
))
7954 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7956 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7958 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7960 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7967 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7968 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7971 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7972 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7974 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7976 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7977 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7978 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7979 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7981 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7982 /* xgettext:c-format */
7983 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7984 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7990 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7991 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7992 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7993 at a symbol not in this object. */
7994 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7996 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7997 h
->root
.root
.string
,
8004 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
8006 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
8007 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
8008 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
8009 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
8010 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
8011 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
8012 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
8013 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
8014 /* xgettext:c-format */
8015 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
8016 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8017 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8021 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8022 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8023 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8024 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8025 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8026 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8029 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8032 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8033 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8034 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8036 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8037 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8039 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8040 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8041 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8042 defined before using them. */
8043 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8044 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8045 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8047 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8050 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8051 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8052 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8053 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8054 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8058 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8059 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8062 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8063 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8064 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8067 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8073 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8074 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8075 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8076 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8080 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8086 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8087 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8088 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8093 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8094 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8095 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8098 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8099 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8100 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8101 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8102 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8103 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8109 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8110 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8111 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8116 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8120 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8122 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8123 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8124 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8126 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8134 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8135 "create relocation for %s\n",
8136 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8137 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8140 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8141 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8144 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8147 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8148 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8149 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8150 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8151 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8154 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8155 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8158 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8159 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8160 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8161 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8165 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8167 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8171 /* If we get here when building a static
8172 executable, then the libc startup function
8173 responsible for applying indirect function
8174 relocations is going to complain about
8176 If we get here when building a dynamic
8177 executable, it will be because we have
8178 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8179 will set the text segment writable and
8180 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8181 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8182 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8183 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8184 /* xgettext:c-format */
8185 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8186 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8187 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8192 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8194 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8203 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8204 against a section symbol. It would be
8205 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8206 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8207 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8208 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8209 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8210 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8213 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8214 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8216 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8219 printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n",
8220 indx
, osec
->name
, osec
->flags
,
8221 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8225 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8227 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8228 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8230 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8233 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8236 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8238 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8239 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8240 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8245 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8246 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8247 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8252 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8253 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8256 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8263 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8264 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8267 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8268 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8270 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8272 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8273 got2_addend
= addend
;
8276 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8277 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8278 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8279 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8280 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8282 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8283 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8292 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8295 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8297 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8298 + input_section
->output_offset
8299 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8300 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8301 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8305 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8310 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8313 relocation
+= addend
;
8314 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8317 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8319 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8324 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8337 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8338 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8339 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8340 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8341 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8342 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8343 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8344 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8346 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8347 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8351 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8352 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8353 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8354 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8356 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8360 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8361 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8365 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8366 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8367 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8368 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8370 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8374 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8375 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8379 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8380 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8381 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8382 AIX .toc section. */
8383 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8384 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8386 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8389 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec
->owner
, sec
),
8391 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec
->owner
, sec
),
8394 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8397 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8398 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8400 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8402 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8403 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8405 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8407 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8408 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8409 using -Bsymbolic. */
8413 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8414 procedure linkage table. */
8415 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8416 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8417 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8418 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8419 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8421 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8422 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8427 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8428 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8429 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8435 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8436 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8440 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8441 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8443 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8445 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8446 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8447 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8448 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8450 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8451 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8453 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8455 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8456 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8457 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8461 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8462 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8463 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8465 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8468 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8470 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8472 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8473 + plt
->output_offset
8475 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8479 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8481 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8482 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8484 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8492 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8493 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8499 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8500 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8502 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8505 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8507 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8508 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8509 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8512 /* xgettext:c-format */
8513 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8514 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8523 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8524 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8530 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8531 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8533 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8536 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8538 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8539 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8540 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8543 /* xgettext:c-format */
8544 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8545 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8554 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8555 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8556 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8557 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8558 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8561 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8562 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8563 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8564 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8565 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8568 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8569 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8570 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8571 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8572 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8575 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8576 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8577 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8578 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8579 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8582 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8583 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8584 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8585 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8586 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8589 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8590 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8591 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8592 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8593 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8596 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8597 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8598 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8599 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8600 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8607 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8609 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8613 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8614 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8615 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8618 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8620 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8621 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8624 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8626 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8627 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8634 /* xgettext:c-format */
8635 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8636 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8649 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8651 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8654 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8657 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8659 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8660 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8662 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8665 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8669 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8670 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8671 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8672 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8673 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8674 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8675 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8677 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8679 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8680 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8684 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8685 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8686 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
)
8688 /* Fill in register field. */
8689 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8691 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8706 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8708 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8712 name
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
);
8713 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8714 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8715 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8716 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8717 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8718 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8722 /* xgettext:c-format */
8723 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8724 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8735 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8737 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8740 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8742 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8743 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8744 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8746 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8747 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8748 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8749 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8751 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8752 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8754 value
= value
>> 16;
8755 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8756 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8758 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8760 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8762 value
= value
>> 16;
8763 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8764 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8766 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8768 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8770 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8771 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8772 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8774 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8776 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8778 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8779 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8780 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8782 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8787 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8788 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8791 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8793 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8794 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8796 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8798 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8801 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8804 /* Negative relocations. */
8805 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8810 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8814 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8815 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8816 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8817 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8819 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8826 /* xgettext:c-format */
8827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8828 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8841 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8843 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8844 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8847 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8848 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8849 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8851 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8852 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8853 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8854 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8859 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8861 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8863 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8864 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8865 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8866 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8867 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8869 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8870 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8871 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8872 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8877 /* Do any further special processing. */
8883 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8884 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8885 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8886 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8887 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8888 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8890 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8891 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8892 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8893 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8894 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8899 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8900 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8902 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8905 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8906 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8911 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8914 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8916 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8917 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8920 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8928 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8930 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8931 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8932 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8933 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8935 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8936 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8938 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8940 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8944 relocation
+= addend
;
8945 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8946 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8949 relocation
^= lobit
;
8950 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8951 /* xgettext:c-format */
8952 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8953 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8954 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8963 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8964 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8969 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8973 if (unresolved_reloc
8974 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8976 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8977 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8979 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8980 /* xgettext:c-format */
8981 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8982 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8988 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8989 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8990 have different reloc types. */
8991 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8992 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8993 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8995 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8997 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9001 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9002 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9003 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9004 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9005 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9006 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9007 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9009 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9012 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9017 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9019 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9020 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9021 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9026 relocation
+= addend
;
9027 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9028 + input_section
->output_offset
9029 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9031 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9033 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9034 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9039 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9040 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9042 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9044 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9047 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9048 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9051 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9052 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9053 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9054 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9055 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9056 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9060 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9061 /* xgettext:c-format */
9062 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9063 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9064 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9076 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9078 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9079 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9080 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9082 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9084 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9085 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9090 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9091 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9092 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9096 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9099 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9100 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9101 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9102 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9104 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9105 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9106 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9109 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9110 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9111 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9112 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9113 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9115 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9116 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9118 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9125 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9126 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9129 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9134 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9135 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9136 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9137 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9138 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9140 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9141 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9142 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9143 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9144 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9148 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9149 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9150 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9151 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9154 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9162 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9163 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9165 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9169 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9186 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9187 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9188 avoid the icache failure.
9190 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9191 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9192 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9193 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9194 unconditional branches:
9195 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9196 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9197 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9198 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9199 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9200 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9201 instruction is not executed.
9206 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9213 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9214 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9215 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9216 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9217 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9218 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9221 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9222 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9225 . nop b somewhere_else
9226 . b somewhere_else nop
9227 . new_page: new_page:
9229 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9230 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9231 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9232 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9233 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9234 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9235 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9238 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9239 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9240 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9241 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9242 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9245 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9246 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9250 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9251 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9252 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9253 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9255 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9257 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9258 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9261 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9263 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9264 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9267 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9268 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9269 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9270 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9276 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9277 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9278 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9279 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9282 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9285 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9286 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9287 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9288 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9291 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9292 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9294 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9296 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9300 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9302 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9303 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9306 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9317 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9318 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9320 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9322 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9323 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9325 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9327 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9329 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9330 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9331 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9332 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9333 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9335 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9337 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9338 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9339 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9340 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9341 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9343 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9345 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9346 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9347 contents
+ patch_off
);
9349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9350 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9351 contents
+ patch_off
);
9358 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9360 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9361 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9364 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9365 contents
+ patch_off
);
9367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9368 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9369 contents
+ patch_off
);
9371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9372 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9373 contents
+ patch_off
);
9379 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9382 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9383 contents
+ patch_off
);
9386 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9387 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9394 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9397 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9399 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9400 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9401 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9402 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9405 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9406 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9410 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9412 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9413 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9414 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9416 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9417 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9418 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9419 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9422 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9423 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9424 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9425 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9426 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9429 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9431 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9432 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9433 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9436 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9438 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9439 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9441 /* Use the right PLT. */
9442 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9443 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9445 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9446 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9448 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9449 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9450 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9451 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9452 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9453 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9457 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9459 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9460 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9461 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9462 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9463 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9464 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9467 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9468 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9469 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9470 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9472 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9473 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9474 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9475 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9476 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9477 prescaled offset. */
9478 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9479 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9480 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9481 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9482 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9483 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9484 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9485 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9487 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9489 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9490 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9491 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9492 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9493 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9494 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9496 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9497 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9498 in this PLT entry. */
9499 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9500 + plt
->output_offset
9501 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9502 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9504 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9506 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9507 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9508 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9509 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9510 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9512 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9513 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9514 + plt
->output_offset
9515 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9516 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9518 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9520 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9522 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9523 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9524 + plt
->output_offset
9525 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9526 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9528 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9530 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9532 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9533 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9534 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9535 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9537 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9539 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9543 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9544 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9545 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9546 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9547 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9548 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9549 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9556 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9557 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9559 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9561 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9562 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9566 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9567 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9570 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9571 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9572 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9577 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9578 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9582 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9583 + plt
->output_offset
9586 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9587 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9588 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9590 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9591 linker will fill it in. */
9595 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9596 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9597 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9598 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9599 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9606 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9607 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9608 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9610 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9611 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9613 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9614 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9615 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9616 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9620 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9621 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9622 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9623 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9624 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9626 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9631 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9632 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9633 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9636 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9638 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9639 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9641 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9642 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9647 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9648 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9650 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9651 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9660 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9663 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9665 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9671 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9673 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9675 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9676 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9678 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9679 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9680 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9682 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9685 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9689 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9690 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9691 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9692 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9693 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9694 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9695 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9697 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9699 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9701 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9704 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9707 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9708 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9710 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9711 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9716 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9717 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9718 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9720 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9722 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9723 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9724 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9725 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9729 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9730 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9732 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9733 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9737 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9738 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9743 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9744 + plt
->output_offset
9745 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9746 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9747 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9748 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9751 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9752 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9756 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9757 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9759 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9762 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9768 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9769 dynamic sections here. */
9772 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9774 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9777 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9778 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9781 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9782 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9786 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9787 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9788 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9790 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9793 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9794 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9795 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9796 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9797 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9799 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9800 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9802 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9804 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9805 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9806 function pointer. */
9812 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9813 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9814 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9815 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9816 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9817 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9820 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9821 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9822 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9823 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9824 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9832 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9835 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9838 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9841 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9843 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9845 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9846 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9848 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9849 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9851 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9852 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9854 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9859 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9865 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9866 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9867 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9868 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9870 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9872 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9873 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9875 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9877 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9878 return reloc_class_relative
;
9879 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9880 return reloc_class_plt
;
9882 return reloc_class_copy
;
9884 return reloc_class_normal
;
9888 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9891 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9892 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9895 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9898 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9901 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9904 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9905 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9906 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9909 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9910 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9912 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9914 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9916 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9918 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9919 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9920 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9922 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9925 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9930 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9931 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9934 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9938 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9942 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9943 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9947 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9951 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9952 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9953 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9954 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9955 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9956 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9957 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9958 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9962 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9963 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9968 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9972 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9973 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9975 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9976 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9978 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9980 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9981 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9983 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9984 so that a function can easily find the address of
9985 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9986 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9987 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9993 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9994 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9995 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10001 /* xgettext:c-format */
10002 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10003 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10004 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10005 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10010 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10013 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10014 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10015 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10016 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10017 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10019 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10020 /* Use the right PLT. */
10021 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10022 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10023 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10025 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10027 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10030 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10032 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10046 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10048 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10051 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10053 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10054 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10055 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10057 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10059 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10060 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10062 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10063 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10064 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10066 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10069 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10071 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10072 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10073 in which symbols were output. */
10074 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10076 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10079 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10080 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10081 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10083 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10084 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10085 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10086 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10088 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10089 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10090 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10091 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10096 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10097 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10098 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10101 unsigned char *endp
;
10105 * PIC glink code is the following:
10107 * # ith PLT code stub.
10108 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10109 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10113 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10114 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10115 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10116 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10117 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10119 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10125 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10128 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10131 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10132 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10133 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10134 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10137 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10140 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10142 * # ith PLT code stub.
10143 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10144 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10148 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10151 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10152 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10153 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10154 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10157 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10158 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10162 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10163 and perhaps some padding. */
10164 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10165 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10166 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10167 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10168 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10179 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10180 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10181 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10183 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10185 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10186 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10187 glink branch table. */
10188 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10190 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10191 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10193 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10194 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10195 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10197 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10201 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10202 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10205 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10206 one other call stub before this one. */
10207 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10216 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10217 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10222 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10223 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10224 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10242 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10266 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10277 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10290 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10293 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10296 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10297 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10299 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10302 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10307 /* Offset to .glink. */
10308 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10309 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10310 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10311 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10312 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10313 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10315 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10316 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10317 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10318 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10325 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10326 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10327 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10328 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10329 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10330 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10331 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10332 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10333 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10334 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10335 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10337 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10338 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10342 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10345 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10346 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10347 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10348 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10349 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10350 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10352 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10353 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10354 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10355 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10356 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10357 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10358 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10359 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10361 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10362 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10363 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10364 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10365 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10366 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10367 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10368 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10369 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10370 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10371 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10373 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10374 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10375 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10376 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10377 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10378 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10379 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10380 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10381 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10382 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10383 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10384 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10385 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10386 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10387 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10388 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10389 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10391 #include "elf32-target.h"
10393 /* FreeBSD Target */
10395 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10396 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10398 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10399 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10400 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10401 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10404 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10407 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10409 #include "elf32-target.h"
10411 /* VxWorks Target */
10413 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10414 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10416 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10417 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10418 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10419 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10423 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10424 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10425 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10427 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10430 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10431 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10433 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10436 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10437 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10438 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10439 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10441 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10443 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10446 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10447 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10448 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10449 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10450 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10451 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10452 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10457 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10460 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10461 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10462 const char **namep
,
10467 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10471 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10475 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean linker
)
10477 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
);
10478 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
);
10481 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10483 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10484 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10485 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10486 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10487 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10488 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10489 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10490 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10491 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10492 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10493 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10494 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10495 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10496 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10498 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10500 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10501 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10503 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10504 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10506 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10507 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10508 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10509 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10510 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10512 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10513 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10514 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10515 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10516 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10517 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10520 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10521 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
10523 #include "elf32-target.h"